diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs')
86 files changed, 2759 insertions, 40 deletions
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 58b1c79..44c20e9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -976,6 +976,22 @@ zapne manuální skládání oken.</entry> <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook index ff627b9..cfe7f31 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <legalnotice> <para>Příručka &bibletime; je součástí &bibletime;.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-06</date> - <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-09</date> + <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword.</para> </abstract> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index ff02bfa..6d5068f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -62,6 +62,10 @@ zapne manuln skldn oken.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Kaskda</span> </a> obdoba oken. </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span> + </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span> + </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat v otevřench diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html index 084051b..d2ea7dc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime je nstroj pro studium Bible založen na frameworku Sword."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Přručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. vod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Dalš</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Přručka BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Přručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 tm <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Prvn doložka"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>Přručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> je součst <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je nstroj pro studium Bible založen na frameworku Sword.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. vod</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupn dla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Spuštěn <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštěn <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Dalš sprvci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastaven spuštěn</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěc sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operace programu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Nhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Čsti okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledvn v dlech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledvn textu v aktivnm okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přstup k dialogu vyhledvn</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastaven vyhledvn</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Vsledky hledn</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Sprva knih</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastaven cesty ke knihm</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrn děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledvac indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Nastaven <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastaven <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime je nstroj pro studium Bible založen na frameworku Sword."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Přručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. vod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Dalš</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Přručka BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Přručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 tm <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Prvn doložka"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>Přručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> je součst <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je nstroj pro studium Bible založen na frameworku Sword.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. vod</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupn dla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Spuštěn <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštěn <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Dalš sprvci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastaven spuštěn</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěc sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operace programu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Nhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Čsti okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledvn v dlech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledvn textu v aktivnm okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přstup k dialogu vyhledvn</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastaven vyhledvn</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Vsledky hledn</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Sprva knih</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastaven cesty ke knihm</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrn děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledvac indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Nastaven <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastaven <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 353b56c..b4b47e3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -992,6 +992,22 @@ Kacheln. <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook index 1ea43a0..767ac33 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <legalnotice> <para>Der &bibletime;-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von &bibletime;.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-06</date> - <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-09</date> + <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert.</para> </abstract> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 0050266..6b820f4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -66,6 +66,10 @@ Kacheln. <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Staffeln</span> </a> setzt den Staffelmodus fr die Fensteranordnung. </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgL</strong></span> + </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgN</strong></span> + </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgO</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Suche</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">In offenen Werken diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html index 23c5261..17ac774 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Das BibleTime-Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>Der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Einleitung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">ber <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten ist</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere Fenstermanager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Start-Sequenz</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programmbedienung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bcherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsflche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Nach Text in einem geffneten Lesefenster suchen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Such-Konfiguration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Suchergebnisse</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bcherregal Verwalter</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bcherregal-Pfade einrichten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Werke installieren/updaten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Suchindizes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Das BibleTime-Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>Der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Einleitung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">ber <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten ist</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere Fenstermanager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Start-Sequenz</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programmbedienung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bcherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsflche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Nach Text in einem geffneten Lesefenster suchen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Such-Konfiguration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Suchergebnisse</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bcherregal Verwalter</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bcherregal-Pfade einrichten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Werke installieren/updaten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Suchindizes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 73d6064..1ee4cc9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -1035,6 +1035,23 @@ <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the + selected work.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook index 2bce422..7671567 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <para>The &bibletime; handbook is part of &bibletime;.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-06</date> - <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-09</date> + <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 0f6c289..0054c9e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -76,6 +76,11 @@ <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> </a> windows equivalent. </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span> + </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the + selected work.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span> + </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html index 26c45b2..40d162d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter1.Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook is part of +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter1.Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook is part of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Program operation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_configfonts.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_configfonts.png Binary files differindex 02c8823..a8c6a37 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_configfonts.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_configfonts.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png Binary files differindex e88be81..6c7955a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index d87c444..f64ddb4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -979,6 +979,22 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook index 16e885d..b46e9a1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <legalnotice> <para>&bibletime;-käsikirja on osa &bibletime;-ohjelmaa.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-06</date> - <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-09</date> + <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> </abstract> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 6c70cbe..52944d5 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -60,6 +60,10 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> </a> windows equivalent. </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span> + </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span> + </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html index 3c2dffe..c4c9d46 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime-ksikirja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-ksikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ksikirja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime-ksikirja"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ksikirja</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-tyryhm</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="id14837328"></a><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ksikirja on osa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelmaa.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Tiivistelm"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelm</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisllys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Johdanto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:st</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtvt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n kynnistys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kynnistetn</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n kynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Kynnistyksen stminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Kynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Ohjelman toiminto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Typyt</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsint teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan psy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnn asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnn tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/pivit teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksej</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime-ksikirja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-ksikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ksikirja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime-ksikirja"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ksikirja</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-tyryhm</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="id14837328"></a><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ksikirja on osa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelmaa.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Tiivistelm"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelm</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisllys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Johdanto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:st</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtvt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n kynnistys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kynnistetn</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n kynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Kynnistyksen stminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Kynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Ohjelman toiminto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Typyt</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsint teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan psy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnn asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnn tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/pivit teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksej</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index eb45f30..b86b9a0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -980,6 +980,22 @@ lecture.</entry> <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook index af6af41..08ae82d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <legalnotice> <para>Le manuel &bibletime; fait partie de &bibletime;.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-06</date> - <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-09</date> + <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> </abstract> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index d8ebc04..4bf8a37 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -61,6 +61,10 @@ lecture.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> </a> windows equivalent. </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span> + </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span> + </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html index f067960..a7c76f0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le manuel de BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre1.Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 l'quipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note lgale"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>Le manuel <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fait partie de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Rsum"><p class="title"><b>Rsum</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matires</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fentres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du dmarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Squence de dmarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Utilisation du programme</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Rsultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothque</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le manuel de BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre1.Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 l'quipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note lgale"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>Le manuel <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fait partie de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Rsum"><p class="title"><b>Rsum</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matires</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fentres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du dmarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Squence de dmarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Utilisation du programme</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Rsultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothque</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index d22f0bb..ad98248 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -1028,6 +1028,22 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guime <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook index 710083e..0704f23 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <legalnotice> <para>A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; része</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-06</date> - <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-09</date> + <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver.</para> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 8b3a65a..08f7033 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -83,6 +83,10 @@ ablakban.</td></tr><tr><td> sszes bezrsa</span></a> menponttal, bezrja az sszes nyitott ablakot. </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span> + </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span> + </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><span class="guimenu">Keress</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Keress diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html index b19c6d3..12a6f2b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kziknyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmnyoz szoftver."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kziknyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kziknyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Kvetkező</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime kziknyv"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kziknyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi kzlemny"><a name="id14837329"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kziknyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> rsze</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Kivonat"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmnyoz +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kziknyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmnyoz szoftver."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kziknyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kziknyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Kvetkező</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime kziknyv"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kziknyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi kzlemny"><a name="id14837329"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kziknyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> rsze</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Kivonat"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmnyoz szoftver.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Bevezets</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elrhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivcink</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indtsa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indtsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indtsa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Ms ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyni indtsok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indtsi folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. A program műkdse</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program ttekintse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak rszei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Knyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keress a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keress egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keressi prbeszdablak elrse </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keress testreszabsa </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keressi tallatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A <span class="guimenuitem">Knyvespolc menedzser</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Teleptsi tvonal(ak) belltsa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) teleptse/frisstse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) trlse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keressi indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportls s Nyomtats</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> belltsa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Belltsa prbeszdablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index bc0f2d3..b9de1b6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -981,6 +981,22 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook index c460b90..0d4d6cb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <legalnotice> <para>Het &bibletime; handboek is onderdeel van &bibletime;</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-06</date> - <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-09</date> + <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> </abstract> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 192fcff..8847cf1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -60,6 +60,10 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> </a> windows equivalent. </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span> + </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span> + </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html index 83be3d2..17f1015 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Het BibleTime handboek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Bericht"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek is onderdeel van <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Samenvatting"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introductie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Werking van het programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Het BibleTime handboek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Bericht"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek is onderdeel van <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Samenvatting"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introductie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Werking van het programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 77cbfaa..8132bbb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -984,6 +984,22 @@ posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Modo manual</guimenuitem> <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook index 05c9c5b..636eade 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <legalnotice> <para>O livro de mo do &bibletime; parte do &bibletime;.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-06</date> - <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-09</date> + <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword.</para> </abstract> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 899a2f1..4837128 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -63,6 +63,10 @@ posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo manual</span> equiv <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascata</span> </a> equivalente a janelas. </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span> + </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span> + </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Procurar</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Procurar nas obras diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html index 9a8caca..e480cf5 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O livro de mo do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Captulo 1. Introduo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 a equipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parte do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>ndice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduo</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivao</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Outros gerenciadores de janelas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalizao de incio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Sequncia de incio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operao do programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o dilogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configurao de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">ndices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dilogo de configurao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O livro de mo do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Captulo 1. Introduo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 a equipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parte do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>ndice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduo</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivao</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Outros gerenciadores de janelas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalizao de incio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Sequncia de incio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operao do programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o dilogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configurao de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">ndices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dilogo de configurao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b29fe2d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bible Study Basics</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)</attribution> <para>I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt +liv. Men skrifterne peger på mig, og alligevel kommer I ikke til mig for at +få liv.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde +<quote>vi går kun til vuggen for barnets skyld</quote>; sådan er det også +med bibelstudie, vi gør det ikke bare for at studere Bibelen, men for at +have fællesskab med Gud. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>Jøderne til hvem Jesus talte [...] forestilte sig at det at besidde Den +hellige skrift var ensbetydende med at besidde liv. Hillel plejede at sige, +"han som har tilegnet sig ord fra Toraen, har anskaffet sig det +kommende liv." Deres studie var en ende i sig selv. I det var de blevet +bitterligt bedraget. [...]</para> +<para>Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen +skyld, men kun hvis den effektivt introducerer os til Jesus Kristus. Hver +gang Bibelen bliver læst, så er der brug for en ivrig forventning til at vi +må møde Kristus.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title> +<para>At lytte og læse giver et teleskopisk syn på skriften, mens studie og +udenadslære giver et mikroskopisk syn på skriften. Meditation bringer +lytning, læsning, studie og udenadslære sammen og støber ordet fast i vore +sind.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hør</title> +<para>Luk.11:28 <quote>Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Læs</title> +<para>Åb.1:3 <quote> Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord +[...]</quote></para> +<para>1. Tim.4:13 <quote> Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare på skriftlæsningen +[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Studér</title> +<para>ApG. 17:11 <quote>Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i +Thessalonika, de modtog ordet med megen velvilje og granskede dagligt +Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan.</quote> +</para> +<para>2. Tim.2:15 <quote>Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der +ikke behøver at skamme sig, men som går lige på med sandhedens ord.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Lær uden ad</title> +<para>Sl.119:11 <quote>Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod +dig.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditér</title> +<para>Sl.1:2-3 <quote>men har sin glæde ved Herrens lovog grunder på hans lov dag +og nat. Han er som et træ,der er plantet ved bækken; det bærer frugt til +rette tid,og dets blade visner ikke. Alt, hvad han gør, lykkes for +ham.</quote> +</para> + +<para>The Navigators illustrerer dette ved at sige, at tommelfingeren kan røre +alle de andre fingre. Vi kan meditere på Ordet imens vi gør enhver af de +første fire. Meditation er en nøgle til åbenbaring. En ny kristen har brug +for at høre og læse ordet mere end at studere og memorere det. Det er for at +de bliver mere bekendte med Bibelens samlede budskab.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Typer af bibelstudie</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Emne Studie</title> +<para>Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en +bibelordbog.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Person Studie</title> +<para>At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Forklarende studie</title> +<para>Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Indhold</title> +<para>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær +forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Sammenhæng</title> +<para>Hvad siger versene omkring det? "Sammenhæng er konge" er reglen -- +passagen må give mening i forhold til strukturen af hele passagen og bogen.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Krydsreference</title> +<para>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke +sig selv, så vores fortolkning er nødt til at holde vand over for andre +skriftsteder. ææ</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</title> +<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para> Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at +blive set af dem</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Når du giver</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Når du faster</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Når du beder</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong +ways of practicing our righteousness:</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Når du giver + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> +today?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>gør det i det skjulte.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>osv.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>At finde et bestemt vers</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Slå ordet op alfabetisk.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Find disse vers: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>At lave et emnestudie </title> +<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</title> +<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</title> +<para>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller +hebraisk.</para> +<para>Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigajil</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Josva</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..016374d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title> +<para>At forstå Guds ord er meget vigtigt for alle som påkalder Guds navn. Studie +af Bibelen er en af de primære måder hvorpå vi lærer at kommunikere med Gud.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>En Bog der er Unik</title> +<para>Bibelen er overlegen på mange punkter. Den er unik med hensyn til:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularitet. Bibel salget i Nord Amerika: mere end 5000 millioner dollars om +året. Bibelen er både den meste solgte bog til alle tider og fra år til år! +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +forfatterskab. Den blev skrevet over over en periode på 1600 år af 40 +forskellige forfattere fra forskellige baggrunde, alligevel læses den som +den var skrevet af en. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +velbevarethed. I <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis> +sammenligner F. F. Bruce Det Nye Testamente med andre old-tekster: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske +tekster.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Værk</entry> +<entry>Blev skrevet</entry> +<entry>Første Kopi</entry> +<entry>Tidsforløb</entry><entry>Antal Kopier</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Herodotus</entry> +<entry>448-428 f.kr.</entry><entry>900 e.kr.</entry> +<entry>1300 år</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tacitus</entry> +<entry>100 e.kr.</entry><entry>110 e.kr.</entry> +<entry>1000 år</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Galliske Krig</emphasis></entry> +<entry>80-58 f.kr.</entry><entry>900 e.kr.</entry> +<entry>950 år</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Livy's <emphasis>Roms historie</emphasis></entry> +<entry>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</entry><entry>900 e.kr.</entry> +<entry>900 år</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Det nye testamente</entry> +<entry>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</entry><entry>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</entry> <entry>30 - 310 år</entry><entry>5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citeret i <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det +Nye testamente absolutte og urørlige, alene med hensyn til andre +oldhistoriske prosa." </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>En bog Gud åndede</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</para> +<para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</para> +<para> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2. Tim.3.16-17 fortsætter, "<emphasis>og nyttigt til undervisning, til +bevis, til vejledning og til opdragelse i retfærdighed, så at det menneske, +som hører Gud til, kan blive fuldvoksent, udrustet til al god +gerning.</emphasis>" Hvis vi accepterer at Bibelen virkelig er Gud der +snakker til os, så følger det at den vil være vores autoritet i alle +anliggender af tro og handling. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>En Bog der Virker</title> +<para> +What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible +"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Reference</entry> +<entry>Handling</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Ef. 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved +ordet," +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +ApG 20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +opbygger -- " ...hans nådes ord, som formår at opbygge og at give arven til +alle dem, der er helliget. " +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Rom. 15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +trøster -- "så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os, +kan fastholde håbet. +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Rom. 10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +giver tro -- "Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres, +kommer i kraft af Kristi ord." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1. Kor. 10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende +eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Matt. 4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +næring -- "Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af +brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹" +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>En bog som befrier</title> +<para> +Joh.8.32"<emphasis>og I skal lære sandheden at kende, og sandheden skal gøre +jer frie.</emphasis>" Dette er som regel citeret for sig selv. Er det et +betinget eller et ubetinget løfte? Gælder det for alle typer af kundskab? +Find svarene ved at undersøge første halvdel af sætningen i v.31. +"<emphasis>Hvis I bliver i mit ord, er I sandelig mine +disciple... </emphasis>" </para> +<para>Vi ser at dette er et betinget løfte, specifikt angående sandheden af Guds +ord.</para> + +<para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis> "<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + +<para><emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>"<emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>"Mt.22:29</para> +<para>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Guds ord</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Guds kraft </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>En Bog som Bekriger</title> +<para> +Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Åndelig Rustning</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Spørgsmål</entry> +<entry>Svar</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>Hvor mange er offensive?</entry><entry>Et</entry></row> +<row><entry>Hvile(t)? </entry><entry>ordet - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Formaninger</title> +<para> +2 Tim.2:15 (Hverdagsdansk) "<emphasis>Gør dit bedste, så du kan stå frem for +Gud som en prøvet mand og en god arbejder, der ikke behøver at skamme sig +over sin livsgerning, og som ærligt og samvittighedsfuldt har forkyndt +sandheden.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Col.3:16 (Hverdagsdansk) "<emphasis>Lad Kristi budskab få lov til rigtigt at +udfolde sig iblandt jer. Det er jo kun hans ord, der kan berige jeres liv +med sand visdom, så I kan undervise og vejlede hinanden. Syng af hele jeres +hjerte til Guds ære - salmer, hymner og åndelige sange. </emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det? </para> +<para> +Ikke kun en smule!</para> + +<para> +Præd.12:11-12 "<emphasis> De vises ord er som pigge, og som søm er de sat i +tætte rækker, de er formet af én hyrde. Men ud over det: Min søn, lad dig +advare! Der er ingen ende på de mange bøger, der skrives, og den megen +læsning bliver man træt af.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</title> <para> Her er nogle nemme programmer til systematisk at læse din Bibel. Du kan +bruge mere end en på samme tid, hvis du har lyst. For eksempel #1 med #4, +eller #2 men #5. Variér programmer fra år til år for at holde det friskt! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende +til dagen på måneden.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Salmerne på en Måned: læs 5 salmer med et interval på 30, hver dag, for +eksempel på den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, & 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 6 måneder: læs gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene +et kapitel om dagen.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 2 år: hvis du læser +et kapitel om dagen i det Gamle Testamente, hvor du springer Salmerne & +Ordsprogene over, så kommer du igennem det Gamle Testamente på 2 år og 2 +uger. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34da848 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title> +<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + +<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</title> +<para>Des mere præcise vi kan være med den nøjagtige, originale betydning af +ordene, des bedre vil vores fortolkning være. Prøv at finde den nøjagtige +betydning af nøgleordene ved at følge disse trin:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Krydsreference</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Eksempel 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Eksempel 1B</title> +<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> +<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Kryds-referencer af aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. </para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Kryds-referencer af chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) <quote>Herrens Ånd er over mig. Han har salvet mig +til at prædike [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet </para></listitem> + <listitem><para>ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</para> +<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> +<para> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</title> +<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Eksempel 2A</title> +<para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> +<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Eksempel 2B</title> +<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Eksempel 2C</title> +<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</title> +<para> +At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Eksempel 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> +<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Eksempel 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title> +<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Eksempel 4A</title> +<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> +<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Eksempel 4B</title> +<para>Es.59:1 <quote>Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</quote></para> +<para>5. Mos.33:27 <quote>han bærer dig på stærke arme...</quote></para> +<para> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</title> +<para>En allegori er: <emphasis>En historie hvor hvert element har en +betydning.</emphasis></para> +<para>Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?</para> + +<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Eksempel 5A</title> +<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</para> +<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Eksempel 5B</title> +<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> +<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..227fc27 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>&bibletime; teamet (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + Dette dokument var oprindeligt lavet af Hr. Bob Harman og er licenseret +under vilkårene af denne licens <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. + </para> + <para> + Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre +andet er indikeret. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Abstrakt</title> + + <para> + <application>Biblestudie vejledningen</application> er en guide til at +studere Bibelen. + </para> + <para> + Det er &bibletime; holdets håb, at denne vejledning vil provokere læserne +til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er +blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prøver at fremhæve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings +doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at læse og studere skriften for at forstå hvad den +siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at så +hans ord i dit hjerte, så vil han ikke skuffe dig. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0396f59 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tilgange til Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Tilgange til Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div><p>At lytte og lse giver et teleskopisk syn p skriften, mens studie og +udenadslre giver et mikroskopisk syn p skriften. Meditation bringer +lytning, lsning, studie og udenadslre sammen og stber ordet fast i vore +sind.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hr</h3></div></div></div><p>Luk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Salige er de, som hrer Guds ord og bevarer det!</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Ls"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ls</h3></div></div></div><p>b.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> Salig er den, som lser op, og de, som hrer profetiens ord +[...]</span>”</span></p><p>1. Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare p skriftlsningen +[...]</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studr</h3></div></div></div><p>ApG. 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Disse jder var mere imdekommende end jderne i +Thessalonika, de modtog ordet med megen velvilje og granskede dagligt +Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sdan.</span>”</span> +</p><p>2. Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Strb efter at st din prve for Gud som en arbejder, der +ikke behver at skamme sig, men som gr lige p med sandhedens ord.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lr uden ad"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Lr uden ad</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod +dig.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditr</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">men har sin glde ved Herrens lovog grunder p hans lov dag +og nat. Han er som et tr,der er plantet ved bkken; det brer frugt til +rette tid,og dets blade visner ikke. Alt, hvad han gr, lykkes for +ham.</span>”</span> +</p><p>The Navigators illustrerer dette ved at sige, at tommelfingeren kan rre +alle de andre fingre. Vi kan meditere p Ordet imens vi gr enhver af de +frste fire. Meditation er en ngle til benbaring. En ny kristen har brug +for at hre og lse ordet mere end at studere og memorere det. Det er for at +de bliver mere bekendte med Bibelens samlede budskab.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Typer af bibelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..662fab9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? +Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if +they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p> Pas p, at I ikke viser jeres retfrdighed for jnene af mennesker for at +blive set af dem</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the +passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Nr du giver</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nr du faster</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nr du beder</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong +ways of practicing our righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Nr du giver + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>gr det i det skjulte.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>osv.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2282127 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Indhold"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Indhold</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger p det oprindelige sprog? Vr +forsigtig med definitioner. Ls ikke ind i det den ikke siger.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Sammenhng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Sammenhng</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad siger versene omkring det? "Sammenhng er konge" er reglen -- +passagen m give mening i forhold til strukturen af hele passagen og bogen.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Krydsreference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Krydsreference</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke +sig selv, s vores fortolkning er ndt til at holde vand over for andre +skriftsteder. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typer af bibelstudie</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..38b569d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typer af bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typer af bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typer af bibelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Emne Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Emne Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Vlg et bestemt emne og flg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en +bibelordbog.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Person Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Person Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Forklarende studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Forklarende studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studr er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tilgange til Guds Ord</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..043dcdd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At finde et bestemt vers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>At finde et bestemt vers</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vlg et ngleord eller det mest usdvanelige ord i verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sl ordet op alfabetisk.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find disse vers: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="At lave et emnestudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>At lave et emnestudie </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed +for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for +them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="At Klargre Ords Betydninger p Grsk og Hebraisk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>At Klargre Ords Betydninger p Grsk og Hebraisk</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At Finde Betydningen af Navne"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</h3></div></div></div><p>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn p grsk eller +hebraisk.</p><p>Sl de flgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigajil</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josva</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e164d4d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores forml nr vi nrmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hr</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studr</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lr uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditr</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargre Ords Betydninger p Grsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Vores forml nr vi nrmer os Bibelen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Vores forml nr vi nrmer os Bibelen</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt +liv. Men skrifterne peger p mig, og alligevel kommer I ikke til mig for at +f liv.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen p hverdagsdansk)</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>Hovedformlet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">vi gr kun til vuggen for barnets skyld</span>”</span>; sdan er det ogs +med bibelstudie, vi gr det ikke bare for at studere Bibelen, men for at +have fllesskab med Gud. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Jderne til hvem Jesus talte [...] forestilte sig at det at besidde Den +hellige skrift var ensbetydende med at besidde liv. Hillel plejede at sige, +"han som har tilegnet sig ord fra Toraen, har anskaffet sig det +kommende liv." Deres studie var en ende i sig selv. I det var de blevet +bitterligt bedraget. [...]</p><p>Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at lse Skriften for dens egen +skyld, men kun hvis den effektivt introducerer os til Jesus Kristus. Hver +gang Bibelen bliver lst, s er der brug for en ivrig forventning til at vi +m mde Kristus.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Tilgange til Guds Ord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4c5587 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En bog Gud ndede</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog Gud ndede</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En bog Gud ndede"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En bog Gud ndede</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way. +</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). +It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as +true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) +as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ... +</p><p> +This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Tim.3.16-17 fortstter, "<span class="emphasis"><em>og nyttigt til undervisning, til +bevis, til vejledning og til opdragelse i retfrdighed, s at det menneske, +som hrer Gud til, kan blive fuldvoksent, udrustet til al god +gerning.</em></span>" Hvis vi accepterer at Bibelen virkelig er Gud der +snakker til os, s flger det at den vil vre vores autoritet i alle +anliggender af tro og handling. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">En Bog der Virker</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7d30d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Formaninger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillg: "En gang for alle"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Formaninger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Formaninger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Formaninger</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tim.2:15 (Hverdagsdansk) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Gr dit bedste, s du kan st frem for +Gud som en prvet mand og en god arbejder, der ikke behver at skamme sig +over sin livsgerning, og som rligt og samvittighedsfuldt har forkyndt +sandheden.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Col.3:16 (Hverdagsdansk) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Lad Kristi budskab f lov til rigtigt at +udfolde sig iblandt jer. Det er jo kun hans ord, der kan berige jeres liv +med sand visdom, s I kan undervise og vejlede hinanden. Syng af hele jeres +hjerte til Guds re - salmer, hymner og ndelige sange. </em></span>" +</p><p>Hvis du er rig p noget, hvor meget har du s af det? </p><p> +Ikke kun en smule!</p><p> +Prd.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em> De vises ord er som pigge, og som sm er de sat i +ttte rkker, de er formet af n hyrde. Men ud over det: Min sn, lad dig +advare! Der er ingen ende p de mange bger, der skrives, og den megen +lsning bliver man trt af.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog som Bekriger</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Tillg: "En gang for alle"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8597e54 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En bog som befrier</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog som befrier</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En bog som befrier"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>En bog som befrier</h2></div></div></div><p> +Joh.8.32"<span class="emphasis"><em>og I skal lre sandheden at kende, og sandheden skal gre +jer frie.</em></span>" Dette er som regel citeret for sig selv. Er det et +betinget eller et ubetinget lfte? Glder det for alle typer af kundskab? +Find svarene ved at undersge frste halvdel af stningen i v.31. +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Hvis I bliver i mit ord, er I sandelig mine +disciple... </em></span>" </p><p>Vi ser at dette er et betinget lfte, specifikt angende sandheden af Guds +ord.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Guds ord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Guds kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog der Virker</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">En Bog som Bekriger</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a03856 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tillg: "En gang for alle"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tillg: "En gang for alle"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Tillg: "En gang for alle"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Tillg: "En gang for alle"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to +either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on +which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the +addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition +of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Formaninger</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea715d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillg: "En gang for alle"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</h2></div></div></div><p> Her er nogle nemme programmer til systematisk at lse din Bibel. Du kan +bruge mere end en p samme tid, hvis du har lyst. For eksempel #1 med #4, +eller #2 men #5. Varir programmer fra r til r for at holde det friskt! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Det Nye Testamente p et r: ls et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ordsprogene p en Mned: ls et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende +til dagen p mneden.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmerne p en Mned: ls 5 salmer med et interval p 30, hver dag, for +eksempel p den 20. lser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmerne & Ordsprogene p 6 mneder: ls gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene +et kapitel om dagen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne & Ordsprogene p 2 r: hvis du lser +et kapitel om dagen i det Gamle Testamente, hvor du springer Salmerne & +Ordsprogene over, s kommer du igennem det Gamle Testamente p 2 r og 2 +uger. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tillg: "En gang for alle"</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bee921 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En Bog som Bekriger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog som Bekriger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>En Bog som Bekriger</h2></div></div></div><p> +Ef.6:10-18 er et billede p vores ndelige udrustning.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. ndelig Rustning</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="ndelig Rustning" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Sprgsml</th><th>Svar</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hvor mange af de vben der er opremset her er defensive vben?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Hvor mange er offensive?</td><td>Et</td></tr><tr><td>Hvile(t)? </td><td>ordet - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog som befrier</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Formaninger</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2fc01ff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En Bog der Virker</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud ndede"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog der Virker</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En Bog der Virker"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>En Bog der Virker</h2></div></div></div><p> +What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible +"<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Hvad gr bibelsstudie for kristne?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hvad gr bibelsstudie for kristne?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Handling</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 +</td><td>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved +ordet," +</td></tr><tr><td> +ApG 20:32 +</td><td> +opbygger -- " ...hans ndes ord, som formr at opbygge og at give arven til +alle dem, der er helliget. " +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom. 15:4 +</td><td> +trster -- "s vi med udholdenhed og med den trst, som Skrifterne giver os, +kan fastholde hbet. +</td></tr><tr><td> +Rom. 10:17 +</td><td> +giver tro -- "Troen kommer alts af det, der hres, og det, der hres, +kommer i kraft af Kristi ord." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1. Kor. 10:11 +</td><td> +vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle vre advarende +eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Matt. 4:4 +</td><td> +nring -- "Men han svarede: Der str skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af +brd alene, men af hvert ord, der udgr af Guds mund.‹" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog Gud ndede</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">En bog som befrier</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b9012a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud ndede"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud ndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>At forst Guds ord er meget vigtigt for alle som pkalder Guds navn. Studie +af Bibelen er en af de primre mder hvorp vi lrer at kommunikere med Gud.</p><div class="sect1" title="En Bog der er Unik"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>En Bog der er Unik</h2></div></div></div><p>Bibelen er overlegen p mange punkter. Den er unik med hensyn til:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> +popularitet. Bibel salget i Nord Amerika: mere end 5000 millioner dollars om +ret. Bibelen er bde den meste solgte bog til alle tider og fra r til r! +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> +forfatterskab. Den blev skrevet over over en periode p 1600 r af 40 +forskellige forfattere fra forskellige baggrunde, alligevel lses den som +den var skrevet af en. +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> +velbevarethed. I <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> +sammenligner F. F. Bruce Det Nye Testamente med andre old-tekster: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske +tekster.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske +tekster." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vrk</th><th>Blev skrevet</th><th>Frste Kopi</th><th>Tidsforlb</th><th>Antal Kopier</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>1300 r</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 e.kr.</td><td>110 e.kr.</td><td>1000 r</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Galliske Krig</em></span></td><td>80-58 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>950 r</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roms historie</em></span></td><td>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>900 r</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Det nye testamente</td><td>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</td><td>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</td><td>30 - 310 r</td><td>5000 Grske & 10,000 p Latin +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"I gthed og helhed af beviserne hvorp det hviler, s er teksterne i det +Nye testamente absolutte og urrlige, alene med hensyn til andre +oldhistoriske prosa." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citeret i <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Guiden til Bibelstudie</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">En bog Gud ndede</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5159b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. +If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Eksempel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Eksempel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Eksempel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in +the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith +in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a +way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway +to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ +did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f59ac95 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Eksempel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How +could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised +on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Eksempel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..39fe00a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Eksempel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Eksempel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Es.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</span>”</span></p><p>5. Mos.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">han brer dig p strke arme...</span>”</span></p><p> +References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3eb52c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>En allegori er: <span class="emphasis"><em>En historie hvor hvert element har en +betydning.</em></span></p><p>Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Eksempel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Eksempel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a0ae2c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den njagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Eksempel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Eksempel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some +things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den njagtige betydning af ordene."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den njagtige betydning af ordene.</h2></div></div></div><p>Des mere prcise vi kan vre med den njagtige, originale betydning af +ordene, des bedre vil vores fortolkning vre. Prv at finde den njagtige +betydning af ngleordene ved at flge disse trin:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition.</b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Krydsreference"><b>Krydsreference.</b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek +word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Eksempel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). +"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an +object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Eksempel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since +it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Kryds-referencer af aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Matt.6:17 Men nr du faster, s salv dit hoved</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mark.16.1 kbte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at g ud og salve ham.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fdder og salvede dem med olien. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fdder og trrede dem med sit hr</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kryds-referencer af chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Herrens nd er over mig. Han har salvet mig +til at prdike [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Hellignd og kraft</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and +"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day. +</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p> +And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/index.html b/docs/howto/da/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c04aa71 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakt Biblestudie vejledningen er en guide til at studere Bibelen. Det er BibleTime holdets hb, at denne vejledning vil provokere lserne til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prver at fremhve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at lse og studere skriften for at forst hvad den siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at s hans ord i dit hjerte, s vil han ikke skuffe dig."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Guiden til Bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Guiden til Bibelstudie</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Ophavsret 2001-2009 <span class="application">BibleTime</span> teamet (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Retslig note"><a name="id14837304"></a><p> + Dette dokument var oprindeligt lavet af Hr. Bob Harman og er licenseret +under vilkrene af denne licens "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike". + </p><p> + Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre +andet er indikeret. + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p> + <span class="application">Biblestudie vejledningen</span> er en guide til at +studere Bibelen. + </p><p> + Det er <span class="application">BibleTime</span> holdets hb, at denne vejledning vil provokere lserne +til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er +blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prver at fremhve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings +doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at lse og studere skriften for at forst hvad den +siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at s +hans ord i dit hjerte, s vil han ikke skuffe dig. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud ndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores forml nr vi nrmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hr</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studr</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lr uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditr</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargre Ords Betydninger p Grsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den njagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Eksempel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Eksempel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabelliste</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske +tekster.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Hvad gr bibelsstudie for kristne?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">ndelig Rustning</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42b8b89 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Estudio Bíblico básico</title> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> +<title>Nuestro porpósito es nos Acercamos a la Biblia</title> +<para> +<blockquote><attribution>Juan 5:39-40</attribution> <para>Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque á vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis +la vida eterna; y ellas son las que dan testimonio de mí. Y no queréis venir +á mí, para que tengáis vida.</para> +</blockquote> +</para> + +<para>El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin +Luther dijo <quote>vamos a la cuna sólo por el bien del bebé</quote>; sólo +para que en el estudio de la Biblia, no lo hacemos por el bien de Dios, sino +para tener comunión con Él. +</para> + +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el +Polemico)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> +<para>Los Judios a quian Jesús habló [...] imaginado que para poseer las +Escrituras equivaldría a poseer la vida. Hillel solía decir: "El que se +ha hecho a sí mismo las palabras de la Torah ha conseguido para sí la vida +del mundo venidero." Su estudio es un fin en sí mismo. En esto fueron +gravemente engañados. [...]</para> +<para>No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para +nuestro propio beneficio, solamente si efectivamente nos presenta a Cristo +Jesús. Siempre que la Biblia se lee, lo que se necesita es una expectativa +ansiosa de que a través de ella podemos encontrar a Cristo.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title> +<para>Escuchando y leyendo proporcionan una visión telescópica de la Escritura +mientras que el estudio y la memorización de la Escritura proporcionar una +visión microscópica. Meditando en las escrituras trae entendimiento, +leyendo, estudiando y memorizando en conjunto, cimienta la palabra en +nuestras mentes.</para> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Oír</title> +<para>Lucas 11:28 <quote>bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la +guardan.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Leer</title> +<para>Apocalipsis 1:3 <quote>Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las +palabras de esta profecía [...]</quote></para> +<para>1 Timoteo 4:13 <quote>presta atención a la lectura pública de la +Escritura[...]</quote> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Estudio</title> +<para>Hechos 17:11 <quote>Ahora éstos eran de mantalidad más noble que los que +estaban en Tesalónica, pues recibieron la palabra con gran entusiasmo, +examinando las Escrituras diariamente, para ver si estas cosas eran +así.</quote> +</para> +<para>2 Timoteo 2:15 <quote>Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado +para Dios como un obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que maneja con +precisión la palabra de verdad.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizar</title> +<para>Salmos 119:11 <quote>En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra +ti.</quote></para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditar</title> +<para>Salmos 1:2-3 <quote>pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley +medita de día y de noche. Y será como un árbol firmemente plantado junto a +corrientes de agua, que da su fruto en su tiempo, y su hoja no cae; Y en +todo lo que hace, prospera.</quote> +</para> + +<para>Los Navegantes ilustran esto diciendo que, así como el dedo pulgar puede +tocar todos los dedos, podemos meditar en la Palabra en cualquiera de los +primeros cuatro.La meditación es una clave para la revelación. Un nuevo +cristiano necesita oír y leer la Biblia más de lo que necesita para estudiar +y memorizar. Esto es para que se familiaricen con el mensaje general de la +Biblia.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</title> +<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Estudio Temático</title> +<para>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias +cruzadas o una concordancia.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Estudio de Personajes</title> +<para>Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de +José en Gen.37-50.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Estudio Expositivo</title> +<para>El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Contenido</title> +<para>¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las +definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contexto</title> +<para>¿Qué dicen los versos a su alrededor? "El contexto es el rey" es +la regla -- el texto debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el +pasaje y del libro.</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Referencias Cruzadas</title> +<para>¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia? +Dios no se contradice a sí mismo, por lo que nuestra interpretación tiene +que superar la prueba de otras escrituras.</para> +</sect2> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title> +<para>Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero busque el +versículo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. ¿Cree que tiene? +Pruébelo seleccionando diferentes lugares en el pasaje y pregúntese si se +refieren a la idea del versículo clave. Una vez que lo encuentre, escriba un +número romano Uno en su esquema: </para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem><para>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>¿Qué quiere decir <quote>practicar piedad</quote>? ¿Tiene el pasaje algunos +ejemplos? ¿Qué área de nuestra vida se está abordando? <emphasis>Nuestros +motivos!</emphasis> ¿Qué sub-títulos desarrolla este pensamiento?</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. da</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. ayuna</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. ora</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar +caminos equivocados para practicar peidad.</para> + +<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. da + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem><para>no hagas sonar trometa. (¿cómo podría alguien <quote>tocar trompeta</quote> +hoy en día?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>hazlo secretamente.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</title> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Para encontrar un versículo particular.</title> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<para>Encontrar estos versos: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para><quote>Fieles son las heridas del amigo</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>somos embajadores de Cristo</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>La historia del hombre rico y Lazaro.</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</para> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Para hacer un Estudio Temático </title> +<para>Digamos que usted quiere hacer un estudio de la palabra +"redención". Primero usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y +busque las referencias que figuran en élla. Entonces usted verá palabras +relacionadas y listas de referencias para ellas, por ejemplo, "redimir, +rescatar, rescate," hasta "comprar" o "compró". </para> +</sect2> + + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</title> +<para>¿Qué pasa si notó una contradicción en la RV entre Mt.7:1 <quote>No juzguéis +para que no seáis juzgados</quote> y 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>El que es espiritual +juzga todas las cosas.</quote> ¿Tal vez haya dos palabras griegas diferentes +aquí, y que ambas se traduzcan como "juzgar" en español? (Usaremos +ambos de fuente desde aqui en adelante) </para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem><para>Busque "juez"</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Diríjase a la columna de entrada de Mt.7:1. a la derecha verá el número +2919. Ésta es la referencia a la palabra Griega usada. Anótela.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Ahora busque "juzga".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Dírijase al diccionario Griego. (Recuerde, Usted está en el NT así que el +lenguaje es Griego, mientras que el AT es Hebreo). Compare el significado de +2919 con el significado de 350 y tendrá su respuesta! </para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect2> + +<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</title> +<para>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o +hebreo.</para> +<para>Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Josué</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Bernabé</para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect2> + +</sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5d80d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ +<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title> +<para>La comprensión de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los +que invocan el nombre de Dios. El estudio de la Biblia es una de las +principales maneras en que aprendemos a comunicarnos con Dios.</para> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Un libro que es único</title> +<para>La Biblia es única en muchos sentidos. Es única en:</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem> +<para> +popularidad. La Biblia vende en Norte America mas de $500 millones (USD) por +año. La Biblia es ambos el todos los tiempos y año a año el más vendido. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +autoría. Fue escrito en un período de 1.600 años por 40 diferentes autores +de diferentes orígenes, sin embargo, parece que hubiera sido escrita por +uno. +</para> +</listitem> +<listitem> +<para> +conservación. F. F. Bruce en <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable? +(¿Son los documentos del Nuevo Testamento confiables?)</emphasis> compara +manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos: +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> +<title>Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</title> +<tgroup cols="5"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Obra</entry> +<entry>Cuando fué escrita</entry> +<entry>Copia más antigua</entry> +<entry>Tiempo transcurrido</entry><entry>Numero de Copias</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Heródoto</entry> +<entry>448-428 AC</entry><entry>900 DC</entry> +<entry>1300 años</entry><entry>8 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Tácito</entry> +<entry>100 DC</entry><entry>1100 DC</entry> +<entry>1000 años</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry><emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César</entry> +<entry>50-58 AC</entry><entry>900 DC</entry> +<entry>950 años</entry><entry>10 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry><emphasis>Historia Romana</emphasis> de Livio</entry> +<entry>59 AC - 17 DC</entry><entry>900 DC</entry> +<entry>900 años</entry><entry>20 +</entry></row> +<row> +<entry>Nuevo Testamento</entry> +<entry>40 DC - 100 DC</entry><entry>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</entry> <entry>30 - 310 años</entry><entry>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin +</entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +<para>Existen Diez copias de <emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César, +siendo la copia más antigua 900 años después que César escribió el original, +etc. Para el Nuevo Testamento nosotros tenemos manuscritos completos del 350 +DC, papiros contienen la mayor parte del Nuevo Testamento desde los 200 y un +fragmento del Evangelio de Juan desde el 130 DC. ¿Cuántos manuscritos +tenemos a comparar uno al otro? 5000 en Griego y 10000 en Latin! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Crítica textual F.J.A. Hort "The New Testament in the Original Greek" (El +Nuevo Testamento en el Griego Original) vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., Citado +en <emphasis>Questions of Life (Preguntas de Vida)</emphasis> p. 25-26</attribution><para>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto +del Nuevo Testamento está absolutamente inalcanzable por otros antiguos +escritos en prosa". </para></blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</title> +<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Porque la palabra de Dios es viva y +eficaz</emphasis>" Jesús dice <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> +"<emphasis>Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá el hombre, sino de toda +palabra que sale [lit., está procediendo] de la boca de Dios.</emphasis>" +Cuando leemos la Biblia, el Espíritu de Dios está ahí para hablar a nuestros +corazones de una manera continuamente fresca. +</para> +<para>2 Tim. 3:16 declara, "<emphasis>Toda la escritura es inspirada por Dios +[lit. aliento de Dios]</emphasis>" ¿Cree esto? antes de contestar, +considere la actitud de Jesús hacia las Escrituras. </para> +<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el +Polemico)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>Se refirió a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrás de todos +ellos era un único Autor divino. Podía igualmente decir 'Moises dijo' o +'Dios dijo' (Marcos 7:10). Se podría citar un comentario del narrador en +Génesis 2:24 como una expresión del Creador mismo (Mateo +19:4-5). Similarmente dijo 'Bien profetizó de vosotros Isaías, como está +escrito:' cuando lo que pasó a citar es la expresión directa del Señor Dios +(Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). Es a partir del mismo Jesús que los autores del +Nuevo Testamento han ganado su convicción de la doble autoría de la +Escritura. Para ellos era tan cierto decir que 'Dios habló a nuestros padres +por los profetas' (Heb.1:1) como lo fué decir 'hombres movidos por el +Espiritu Santo hablan de parte de Dios' (2 Pe.1:21). Dios no habló de tal +manera que anulara la personalidad de los autores humanos, ni los hombres +hablaron de manera tal que sea corrompida la Palabra del Autor divino. Dios +habla. El hombre habla. Ninguno a la verdad debe ir en menoscabo de la +otra. ... +</para> +<para> +Esto, entonces, era la opinión de Cristo de las Escrituras. Su declaración +era la declaración de Dios. El testimonio de la Biblia es el testimonio de +Dios. Y la razón principal por la que el cristiano cree en el origen divino +de la Biblia es que Jesucristo mismo lo enseñó. </para></blockquote> + +<para>2 Tim.3:16 continúa, "<emphasis>y útil para enseñar, para redargüir, para +corregir, para instruir en justicia, para que el hombre de Dios sea +perfecto, enteramente preparado para toda buena obra.</emphasis>" Si +aceptamos que la Biblia realmente es Dios hablandonos, se deduce que será +nuestra autoridad en todos los asuntos de fe y conducta. </para> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Un libro que Obra</title> +<para> +¿Qué hará el estudio de la Biblia por Usted? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que +la Biblia "<emphasis>obra también en vosotros que creísteis.</emphasis>" Al +lado de cada escritura, escriba la labor que la Palabra realiza. +</para> +<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> +<title>¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Referencia</entry> +<entry>Acción</entry> +</row> +</thead> +<tbody> +<row> +<entry>Efesios 5:26 +</entry> +<entry>limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra" +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Hechos 20:32 +</entry> +<entry> +edificar -- "...y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es poderosa para +sobreedificar, y daros herencia con todos los santificados." +</entry> +</row> +<row> +<entry> +Romanos 15:4 +</entry> +<entry> +alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras, +tengamos esperanza." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Romanos 10:17 +</entry> +<entry> +da fe -- "Así que la fe viene por el oír, y el oír, por la palabra de Dios." +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +1 Corintios 10:11 +</entry> +<entry> +instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son +escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros" +</entry> +</row> + +<row> +<entry> +Mateo 4:4 +</entry> +<entry> +alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá +el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'" +</entry> +</row> +</tbody> +</tgroup> +</table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Un libro que libera</title> +<para> +Juan 8:32 "<emphasis>y conoceréis la verdad, y la verdad os hará +libres.</emphasis>" Esto es citado por sí mismo. ¿Es ésta una promesa +condicional o incondicional? ¿Se aplicaría a todo tipo de conocimiento? +Encuentra las respuestas mediante el examen de la primera mitad de la frase, +en el verso 31. "<emphasis>Si vosotros permaneciereis en mi palabra, seréis +verdaderamente mis discípulos;</emphasis>"</para> +<para>Vemos que esta es un promesa condicional, específicamente hablando de la +verdad de la Palabra de Dios.</para> + +<para>La palabra griega que significa "viento" utilizada en Efesios 4:14: un +<emphasis>viento violento.</emphasis> "<emphasis>para que ya no seamos niños +fluctuantes, llevados por doquiera de todo viento de doctrina...</emphasis>" +Una cosa que el estudio de la Biblia hace por nosotros es aterrizarnos en la +verdad, con el resultado que no será facil "soplarnos fuera."</para> + +<para><emphasis>Entonces respondiendo Jesús, les dijo: +</emphasis>"<emphasis>Ustedes se equivocan [RV Erráis], no conociendo las +Escrituras, ni el poder de Dios.</emphasis>" Mateo 22:29</para> +<para>¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber que nos mantienen en error?</para> +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>La palabra de Dios </para></listitem> +<listitem><para>El poder de Dios </para></listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Un libro que guerrea</title> +<para> +Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</para> +<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> +<title>Armadura Espiritual</title> +<tgroup cols="2"> +<thead> +<row> +<entry>Pregunta</entry> +<entry>Respuesta</entry> +</row></thead> +<tbody> +<row><entry>¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> +<row><entry>¿Cuantas con ofensivas?</entry><entry>Una</entry></row> +<row><entry>¿Cúal una(s)? </entry><entry>la palabra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> +</tbody></tgroup></table> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exhortaciones</title> +<para> +2 Tim.2:15 (RV) "<emphasis>Procura con diligencia presentarte a Dios +aprobado, como obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que usa bien la +palabra de verdad.</emphasis>" +</para> +<para> +Col.3:16 "<emphasis>La palabra de Cristo more en abundancia en vosotros, +enseñándoos y exhortándoos unos a otros en toda sabiduría; con salmos, e +himnos, y cánticos espirituales, cantando con gracia en vuestros corazones +al Señor.</emphasis>" +</para> + +<para>Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene? </para> +<para> +¡No un poco!</para> + +<para> +Eclesiastés 12:11-12 "<emphasis>Las palabras de los sabios son como +aguijones. Como clavos bien puestos son sus colecciones de dichos, dados por +un solo pastor. Además de ellas, hijo mío, ten presente que el hacer muchos +libros es algo interminable y que el mucho leer causa fatiga.</emphasis>" +</para> </sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title> +<blockquote> +<attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el +Polemico)</emphasis> InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>La verdad sobre el carácter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es +transmitido por una palabra en el Testamento Griego, nombrada por los +adverbios <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> y +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>.Por lo general se traduce en la +Versión Autorizada 'una vez', lo que significa 'una vez para siempre'. Esto +se usa está hecho a ser de validez permanente y no es necesario repetir, y +se aplica en el NT tanto a la revelación y a la redención. Por lo tanto, +Judas se refiere a la fe que ha sido una vez dada a los santos (Judas 1:3), +y los Romanos, dice,"<emphasis>Cristo murió por los pecados una vez para +siempre</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, ver también 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> +Así, podemos decir que Dios ha hablado una vez para siempre y que Cristo ha +sufrido una vez para siempre. Esto significa que la revelación cristiana y +de la redención cristiana ambas son igualmente completas en Cristo. Nada +puede ser añadido a cualquiera sin ser un insulto a Cristo... Estas son las +dos rocas en que se construyó la Reforma Protestante -- La palabra de Dios +revelada sin agregados de tradición humana y la obra terminada de Cristo sin +agregados de meritos humanos. Las grandes consignas de los Reformadores eran +<foreignphrase>sólo la escrituta</foreignphrase> para nuestra autoridad y +<foreignphrase>sólo la gracia</foreignphrase> para nuestra salvación.</para> +</blockquote> +</sect1> + +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title> <para> Éstos son algunos de los programas fáciles de leer la Biblia de forma +sistemática. Usted puede hacer más de uno al mismo tiempo si usted quiere, +por ejemplo #1 con #4 o #2 con #5. Variar el programa de un año a otro para +mantenerlo fresco! +</para> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> +<listitem><para>Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que +corresponde al día del mes.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada día, por +ejemplo, el día 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a través de los Salmos y Proverbios +de un capítulo por día.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 años: si se lee un capítulo +al día de el Antiguo Testamento, saltando Salmos y Proverbios, se lee el +Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas. +</para></listitem> +</orderedlist> +</sect1> + +</chapter> + diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ffb0e78 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,279 @@ +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</title> +<para>Ya hemos aprendido acerca de las "3 C": contenido, contexto, referencia +cruzada. Queremos ampliar ahora brevemente profundizando en la hermenéutica +bíblica, cuyo objetivo es descubrir el sentido querido por el autor original +(y el Autor!). Mientras que muchas aplicaciones de un pasaje son válidas, +sólo una interpretación es válida. La escritura se dice de si misma que la +Escritura no es de interpretación privada (2 Pe.1:20 RV <quote>entendiendo +primero esto, que ninguna profecía de la Escritura es de interpretación +privada</quote>). Algunas normas son ayuda para descubrir el sentido +correcto, personas haciendo caso omiso de las normas han traído muchos +problemas para sí mismos y a sus seguidores. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...entre las +cuales hay algunas difíciles de entender, las cuales los indoctos e +inconstantes tuercen, como también las otras Escrituras, para su propia +perdición.</quote></para> + +<para>¿Cómo hacemos para descubrir el significado correcto de un pasaje? Digamos +que su atención ha sido puesta en un versículo en particular, cuyo +significado no es claro. ¿Cómo estudiarlo? Tenga en cuenta estas normas:</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</title> +<para>Cuanto más precisos podamos ser con el significado original exacto de las +palabras, mejor será nuestra interpretación. Trate de encontrar el +significado exacto de las palabras clave, siga estos pasos:</para> + +<orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Definición</title> + <para>Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos, +también el tiempo verbal es crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <formalpara><title>Referencias Cruzadas</title> + <para>Compare escritura con escritura. Observe como la misma palabra en Griego o +Hebreo (No en Español) es usada en la escritura puede aclarar u ofrecer una +nueva luz en la definición. ¿Cómo usa el autor esta palabra en otros +lugares? ¿Otros autores? Sus herramientas de referencia pueden dar uso a la +palabra en documentos no bíblicos también. ¿Por qué tenemos que ir a los +idiomas originales, por qué no es suficiente la palabra en +Español?<emphasis>Debido a que más de una palabra griega que puede +traducirse a la misma palabra en Español, y las palabras griegas pueden +tener distintos matices de significado.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> +</orderedlist> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Ejemplo 1A</title> +<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"No me toques"</emphasis> (RV) suena duro, ¿no? Suena +como Jesús no quiere ser tocado ahora que Él ha resucitado, que Él es +demasiado sagrado o algo así. Pero eso no me parece bien, así que vamos a +ver que es 'Spiros Zodhiates'<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament +(El completo estudio de la palabra del Nuevo Testamento)</emphasis> (AMG +Publishers, 1991).</para> + +<para>Definición: Volviendo a Juan 20:17, sobre la palabra "Toques" vemos +"pim680". Las letras nos dan un código de la parte de la oración, y los +números referencia a la Fuente de referencia del diccionario. Veamos la +definición (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Se refiere a la +manipulación de un objeto como para ejercer una modificación de influencia +sobre él... Distinguido de pselaphao (5584), que en realidad sólo significa +que toque la superficie de algo." Ahora busquemos "pim" . El código +gramatical en Zodhiates vienen justo después de la Revelación; en p. 849 +vemos que pim significa "presente imperativo activo (80)". En p.857, +"Presente imperativo. En la voz activa, esto puede indicar una orden para +hacer algo en el futuro, que implica que continua o repite una acción, o, +cuando se niega una orden para dejar de hacer algo." Este es una orden +negativa, por lo que es dejar de hacer algo que ya está +ocurriendo. Entonces, ¿qué hemos encontrado?</para> +<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Ejemplo 1B</title> +<para>En Santiago 5:14 <emphasis>Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por +él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre del Señor</emphasis>. ¿Qué es esta +unción?</para> +<para>La definición de aleipho (218) - "aceite" (Fuente Strong); pero también +tenemos otra palabra griega traducida "ungir", chrio (5548) - "para embarrar +o frotar con aceite, es decir, para consagrar un oficio o un servicio +religioso" (Fuente Strong). Puesto que es un verbo, considere el tiempo +también, "apta" aoristo participio activo. "El participio aoristo expresa +una acción simple, opuesta a la acción continua [Nota de traducción: es +decir, momentanea] ... Cuando su relación con el verbo principal es +temporal, por lo general significa una acción previa a la del verbo +principal." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + +<itemizedlist> +<listitem><para>Referencias cruzadas para aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a +ungirle.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungían con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungía con el ungüento.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Juan 12:3 María [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> + +<listitem><para>Referencias Cruzadas para chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>Lucas 4:18 <quote>El Espíritu del Señor está en mí, Porque me ha ungido para +predicar [...]</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con Espíritu Santo y con +poder</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios</para></listitem> + </orderedlist></para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + +<para>Entonces, ¿cuál es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atras las +referencias cruzadas y las deniniciones, resumimos la +diferencia:<emphasis>"aleipho" es un uso práctico de aceite y +"chrio" es uno espiritual</emphasis></para> + +<para>Como ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se utiliza), de la utilización práctica +del aceite en esa epoca, cuando el buen samaritano cuida al hombre golpeado +por asaltantes vertió aceite y vino en la herida. Pues el aceite tenía un +uso medicinal en la época de Jesús. +</para> +<para>Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido de este estudio de la palabra a +Santiago 5:14 <emphasis>"¿Está alguno enfermo entre vosotros? Llame a los +ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre +del Señor."</emphasis> Es "unción" espiritual o práctica? Práctica!</para> +<para> +Y el tiempo en griego, el participio aoristo, sería mejor traducido como +"teniendo ungido", por lo que el orden es primero la unción, luego la +oración, ("en el nombre del Señor" se refiere a la oración, no a la +unción). Santiago 5 está diciendo que los ancianos deben dar el medicamento +a la persona enferma y orar por él en el nombre del Señor. ¿No que expresan +un hermoso balance de lo práctico y espiritual en nuestro Dios! +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-context"> +<title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</title> +<para>Interptere la escritura en armonía con otras escrituras. ¿Qué dicen los +versos en cada lado? ¿Cuál es el tema del capítulo? del libro? ¿Encaja su +interpretación con estos? Si no, es defectuosa. Usualmente, el contexto +suple lo que necesitamos para interpterar correctamente un pasaje. El +contexto es la llave. Si se mantiene la confusión sobre el significado +después de haber interpretado el texto en su contexto, tenemos que buscar +más allá.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Ejemplo 2A</title> +<para>El una lección previa consideramos Juan 3:5 <emphasis>"nacido de agua y del +Espíritu"</emphasis> En contexto, debatamos ¿Qué es el agua aquí?</para> +<para>El bautismo en agua no está en debate aquí, lo que sería un gran cambio del +tema discutido por Jesús y Nicodemo. ¡Cuidado con un repentino cambio de +tema, puede ser un indicio de que su interpretación se ha descarrilado! El +agua es el líquido amniótico, "nacido de agua" = parto natural.</para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Ejemplo 2B</title> +<para>1 Corintios 14:34 <quote>Vuestras mujeres callen en las iglesias</quote> +tiene que tomarse en el contexto bíblico de 1 Corintios 11:5 <quote>toda +mujer que ora o profetiza [...]</quote></para> +</section> +<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Ejemplo 2C</title> +<para>Hechos 2:38 <quote>Pedro les dijo: "Arrepentíos, y bautícese cada uno +de vosotros en el nombre de Jesucristo para perdón de los pecados; +[...]"</quote>. Esta enseñanza es la regeneración bautismal? Si este +fuese el único versículo de la Escritura que hubiese, tendríamos que +concluir eso. Pero a la luz de la clara enseñanza de otros lugares que la +regeneración ocurre por la fe en Cristo, tenemos que interpretar de otro +modo. Pedro está instando al bautismo como un medio para que sus oyentes +respondan al evangelio. Si el bautismo es la vía para volver a nacer, ¿cómo +podría Pablo escribir 1 Cor.1: 17 <emphasis>"Porque no me envió Cristo +a bautizar, sino a predicar el evangelio"</emphasis>? +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> +<title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</title> +<para> +Al principio no nos preguntamos <quote>¿Qué significa para mí?</quote>, sino +que primero preguntemos <quote>¿Qué significó para sus lectores +originales?</quote>; luego puede preguntar <quote>¿Qué significa para +mí?</quote>. Tenemos que tener en cuenta los antecedentes históricos y +culturales del autor y los destinatarios.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Ejemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 días y 3 noches</quote> (Mt.12:40) ha llevado a algunos a traer una +"teoría de Miércoles de crucifixión", especialmente en el culto del +Armstrongismo. ¿Cómo pudo Jesus morir un Viernes en la tarde y resusitar +Domingo en la mañana y aún "resucitar al tercer día." (Mt.16:21)? El +significado exacto de "tres" o "días" no ayudan a explicar la aparente +contradicción.</para> +<para>Necesitaremos sugerencias historicas: Los Judios contaban cualquier parte de +un día como un día completo, como cuentan los cubos de agua (si son 6 cubos +y medio de agua, nos dicen que fueron 7 cubos de agua, incluso si sólo uno +esta parcialmente lleno). Así que para la mentalidad judia, una parte del +dia es contada como un día, y los dias comienzan a las 6 p.m. y finalizan a +las 6 p.m. Viernes desde la 3 p.m. a 6 p.m. = 1er día. Viernes 6 p.m. a +Sábado 6 p.m. = 2do día. Domingo 5 o más a.m. = 3er día. La interpretación +en el contexto cultural nos mantiene fuera de problemas.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Ejemplo 3B</title><para>Genesis 15:7-21. El contexto histórico que los animales se corten en dos y +luego caminar entre las piezas era la forma normal de entrar en un contrato +en el tiempo de Abraham. Ambos grupos caminan entre las partes, teniendo el +compromiso que el desmembramiento les ocurriría si no estaban a la altura de +su parte del contrato. Pero en este caso sólo Dios pasa a través, por lo que +es un pacto unilateral.</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +idioma</title> +<para>Deja que el lenguaje literal sea literal y el lenguaje figurativo sea +figurativo. Y cuidado con las expresiones idiomáticas, que tienen un +significado especial.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Ejemplo 4A</title> +<para><quote>ojo malvado</quote> en Mt.6:23.</para> +<para>La norma 1, la definición de "malvado" y "ojo" - no ayuda aquí. Norma 2, el +contexto: parece confundir aún más. No parece encajar con lo que sucede +antes y después! Esto nos da un aviso que no estamos entendiendo esto +correctamente!!</para> +<para>Lo que tenemos aquí es un idioma hebreo, <quote>ojo malvado</quote>. Vamos a +buscar otros usos en este idioma: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>¿No es legal para mi +hacer lo que quiero con lo que poseo? ¿O es tu ojo malo[lit. "malvado"], +porque soy bueno?</emphasis>" Nos parece que tener un "ojo malvado" es un +modismo hebreo por ser tacaño o envidioso. Ahora vuelva a Mt.6 y observe +cómo esta comprensión en las relaciones dan perfectamente el contexto.</para> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Ejemplo 4B</title> +<para>Is.59:1 <quote>no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</quote></para> +<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</quote></para> +<para> +Las referencias a partes del cuerpo de Dios son usados por los Santos de los +Últimos Días para probar que Dios fue una vez un hombre justo como +nosotros. Una vez que convencer a la gente de que van a enseñar que podemos +llegar a ser Dios tal como Él lo es! En una conferencia que estaba dando, un +grupo de ancianos de Mormón desafió Walter Martin (autor del +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults (Reino de los Cultos)</emphasis>), con una +enumeración de los versos como estos. El Dr. Martin pidió a los mormones a +leer una escritura más: Salmos.91: 4 <quote>Con sus plumas te cubrirá, y +debajo de sus alas estarás seguro</quote>. W.M. dijo: <quote>Por las mismas +reglas de interpretación que usted acaba de demostrar que Dios es un hombre, +usted acaba de demostrar que él es un pájaro</quote>. Los mormones tuvieron +que reír cuando se dieron cuenta de lo ridículo de su posición. +</para> +</section> +</section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una +parábola y una alegoría</title> +<para>Una alegoría es: <emphasis>Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un +significado.</emphasis></para> +<para>Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?</para> + +<para>Algunas parábolas son alegorías, por ejemplo, la parábola del sembrador es +una alegoría: la semilla es la palabra de Dios, las espinas son las +preocupaciones y la codicia, etc, pero la mayoría de las parábolas no son +alegorías, sino simplemente historias para ilustrar un punto. Es peligroso +obtener nuestra doctrina desde las parabolas; élla puede ser retorcida para +decir todo tipo de cosas. Nosotos necesitamos obtener nuestra doctrina de +desde escrituras claras dejando de lado eso; luego si una parabola ilustra +eso, bien.</para> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Ejemplo 5A</title> +<para>La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia +ilustra una lección: denuedo en la oración. Si lo dibujamos en una alegoría, +¿qué tenemos?</para> +<para>Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los +derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.</para></section> + +<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Ejemplo 5B</title> +<para>La parábola del administrador injusto en Lucas 16:1-9 ¿Cuál es el punto de +la parábola? ¿Es una alegoría? </para> +<para>El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su sagacidad en el uso de lo que +tenía para prepararse para el momento cuando él no tiene. Pero no es +elogiado por su comportamiento poco ético al engañar a su amo. </para> +</section> + +</section> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cac2c39 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> + <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> + <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> +]> + +<book> + +<bookinfo> + <title>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>2001-2009</year> + <holder>El equipo de &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y está +disponible bajo los términos de la licencia <link +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">"Creative Commons +Reconocimiento-Compartir Igual".</link>. + </para> + <para> + Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo +contrario. [Nota del traductor: En la mayor parte de las citas usé +SpaRVG2004] + </para> + </legalnotice> + + <abstract> + <title>Resumen</title> + + <para> + El <application>Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</application> es una guía para el +estudio de la Biblia. + </para> + <para> + Es la esperanza del equipo &bibletime; que este Cómo provoque a los lectores +a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta guía de estudio en +particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina +confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para +entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la +palabra del Señor sembrada en su corazón, Él no lo defraudará. + </para> + </abstract> + + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> + +</bookinfo> + +&howto-chap1; +&howto-chap2; +&howto-chap3; + +</book> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7c9dcb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bblicos"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div><p>Escuchando y leyendo proporcionan una visin telescpica de la Escritura +mientras que el estudio y la memorizacin de la Escritura proporcionar una +visin microscpica. Meditando en las escrituras trae entendimiento, +leyendo, estudiando y memorizando en conjunto, cimienta la palabra en +nuestras mentes.</p><div class="sect2" title="Or"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Or</h3></div></div></div><p>Lucas 11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la +guardan.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Leer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Leer</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalipsis 1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las +palabras de esta profeca [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Timoteo 4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">presta atencin a la lectura pblica de la +Escritura[...]</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudio</h3></div></div></div><p>Hechos 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ahora stos eran de mantalidad ms noble que los que +estaban en Tesalnica, pues recibieron la palabra con gran entusiasmo, +examinando las Escrituras diariamente, para ver si estas cosas eran +as.</span>”</span> +</p><p>2 Timoteo 2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado +para Dios como un obrero que no tiene de qu avergonzarse, que maneja con +precisin la palabra de verdad.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Salmos 119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">En mi corazn atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra +ti.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Salmos 1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pero su delicia est en la ley del Seor, y en su ley +medita de da y de noche. Y ser como un rbol firmemente plantado junto a +corrientes de agua, que da su fruto en su tiempo, y su hoja no cae; Y en +todo lo que hace, prospera.</span>”</span> +</p><p>Los Navegantes ilustran esto diciendo que, as como el dedo pulgar puede +tocar todos los dedos, podemos meditar en la Palabra en cualquiera de los +primeros cuatro.La meditacin es una clave para la revelacin. Un nuevo +cristiano necesita or y leer la Biblia ms de lo que necesita para estudiar +y memorizar. Esto es para que se familiaricen con el mensaje general de la +Biblia.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef3d9c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero busque el +versculo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. Cree que tiene? +Prubelo seleccionando diferentes lugares en el pasaje y pregntese si se +refieren a la idea del versculo clave. Una vez que lo encuentre, escriba un +nmero romano Uno en su esquema: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</p></li></ol></div><p>Qu quiere decir <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicar piedad</span>”</span>? Tiene el pasaje algunos +ejemplos? Qu rea de nuestra vida se est abordando? <span class="emphasis"><em>Nuestros +motivos!</em></span> Qu sub-ttulos desarrolla este pensamiento?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. da</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ayuna</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones especficas de cmo evitar +caminos equivocados para practicar peidad.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. da + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>no hagas sonar trometa. (cmo podra alguien <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">tocar trompeta</span>”</span> +hoy en da?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>hazlo secretamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6db5b46 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bblicos"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenido"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenido</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu dice? Qu dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las +definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu dicen los versos a su alrededor? "El contexto es el rey" es +la regla -- el texto debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el +pasaje y del libro.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referencias Cruzadas"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencias Cruzadas</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu dicen otros versculos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia? +Dios no se contradice a s mismo, por lo que nuestra interpretacin tiene +que superar la prueba de otras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f224d97 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipos de Estudios Bblicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio Temtico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudio Temtico</h3></div></div></div><p>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a travs del uso de referencias +cruzadas o una concordancia.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio de Personajes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudio de Personajes</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de +Jos en Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio Expositivo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudio Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>El estudio de un pasaje: prrafo, captulo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9718236 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar un versculo particular."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar un versculo particular.</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra ms inusual del verso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dirjase a esta palabra por orden alfabtico</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontrar estos versos: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Fieles son las heridas del amigo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">somos embajadores de Cristo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La historia del hombre rico y Lazaro.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Para hacer un Estudio Temtico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Para hacer un Estudio Temtico </h3></div></div></div><p>Digamos que usted quiere hacer un estudio de la palabra +"redencin". Primero usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y +busque las referencias que figuran en lla. Entonces usted ver palabras +relacionadas y listas de referencias para ellas, por ejemplo, "redimir, +rescatar, rescate," hasta "comprar" o "compr". </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu pasa si not una contradiccin en la RV entre Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">No juzguis +para que no seis juzgados</span>”</span> y 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">El que es espiritual +juzga todas las cosas.</span>”</span> Tal vez haya dos palabras griegas diferentes +aqu, y que ambas se traduzcan como "juzgar" en espaol? (Usaremos +ambos de fuente desde aqui en adelante) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Busque "juez"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dirjase a la columna de entrada de Mt.7:1. a la derecha ver el nmero +2919. sta es la referencia a la palabra Griega usada. Antela.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ahora busque "juzga".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dirjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Drijase al diccionario Griego. (Recuerde, Usted est en el NT as que el +lenguaje es Griego, mientras que el AT es Hebreo). Compare el significado de +2919 con el significado de 350 y tendr su respuesta! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar los significados de los nombres"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</h3></div></div></div><p>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o +hebreo.</p><p>Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josu</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Bernab</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b339ebe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro porpsito es nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Or</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temtico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versculo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temtico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Nuestro porpsito es nos Acercamos a la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nuestro porpsito es nos Acercamos a la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Escudriad las Escrituras, porque vosotros os parece que en ellas tenis +la vida eterna; y ellas son las que dan testimonio de m. Y no queris venir + m, para que tengis vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Juan 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>El propsito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin +Luther dijo <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">vamos a la cuna slo por el bien del beb</span>”</span>; slo +para que en el estudio de la Biblia, no lo hacemos por el bien de Dios, sino +para tener comunin con l. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Los Judios a quian Jess habl [...] imaginado que para poseer las +Escrituras equivaldra a poseer la vida. Hillel sola decir: "El que se +ha hecho a s mismo las palabras de la Torah ha conseguido para s la vida +del mundo venidero." Su estudio es un fin en s mismo. En esto fueron +gravemente engaados. [...]</p><p>No hay ni mrito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para +nuestro propio beneficio, solamente si efectivamente nos presenta a Cristo +Jess. Siempre que la Biblia se lee, lo que se necesita es una expectativa +ansiosa de que a travs de ella podemos encontrar a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el +Polemico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6a4098 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque la palabra de Dios es viva y +eficaz</em></span>" Jess dice <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Escrito est: No slo de pan vivir el hombre, sino de toda +palabra que sale [lit., est procediendo] de la boca de Dios.</em></span>" +Cuando leemos la Biblia, el Espritu de Dios est ah para hablar a nuestros +corazones de una manera continuamente fresca. +</p><p>2 Tim. 3:16 declara, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Toda la escritura es inspirada por Dios +[lit. aliento de Dios]</em></span>" Cree esto? antes de contestar, +considere la actitud de Jess hacia las Escrituras. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Se refiri a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrs de todos +ellos era un nico Autor divino. Poda igualmente decir 'Moises dijo' o +'Dios dijo' (Marcos 7:10). Se podra citar un comentario del narrador en +Gnesis 2:24 como una expresin del Creador mismo (Mateo +19:4-5). Similarmente dijo 'Bien profetiz de vosotros Isaas, como est +escrito:' cuando lo que pas a citar es la expresin directa del Seor Dios +(Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). Es a partir del mismo Jess que los autores del +Nuevo Testamento han ganado su conviccin de la doble autora de la +Escritura. Para ellos era tan cierto decir que 'Dios habl a nuestros padres +por los profetas' (Heb.1:1) como lo fu decir 'hombres movidos por el +Espiritu Santo hablan de parte de Dios' (2 Pe.1:21). Dios no habl de tal +manera que anulara la personalidad de los autores humanos, ni los hombres +hablaron de manera tal que sea corrompida la Palabra del Autor divino. Dios +habla. El hombre habla. Ninguno a la verdad debe ir en menoscabo de la +otra. ... +</p><p> +Esto, entonces, era la opinin de Cristo de las Escrituras. Su declaracin +era la declaracin de Dios. El testimonio de la Biblia es el testimonio de +Dios. Y la razn principal por la que el cristiano cree en el origen divino +de la Biblia es que Jesucristo mismo lo ense. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el +Polemico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 contina, "<span class="emphasis"><em>y til para ensear, para redargir, para +corregir, para instruir en justicia, para que el hombre de Dios sea +perfecto, enteramente preparado para toda buena obra.</em></span>" Si +aceptamos que la Biblia realmente es Dios hablandonos, se deduce que ser +nuestra autoridad en todos los asuntos de fe y conducta. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Un libro que Obra</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ce4110 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortaciones</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortaciones</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exhortaciones"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortaciones</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tim.2:15 (RV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Procura con diligencia presentarte a Dios +aprobado, como obrero que no tiene de qu avergonzarse, que usa bien la +palabra de verdad.</em></span>" +</p><p> +Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>La palabra de Cristo more en abundancia en vosotros, +ensendoos y exhortndoos unos a otros en toda sabidura; con salmos, e +himnos, y cnticos espirituales, cantando con gracia en vuestros corazones +al Seor.</em></span>" +</p><p>Si usted es rico en algo, cunto tiene? </p><p> +No un poco!</p><p> +Eclesiasts 12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Las palabras de los sabios son como +aguijones. Como clavos bien puestos son sus colecciones de dichos, dados por +un solo pastor. Adems de ellas, hijo mo, ten presente que el hacer muchos +libros es algo interminable y que el mucho leer causa fatiga.</em></span>" +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que guerrea</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..973e63f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que libera</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que libera</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que libera"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro que libera</h2></div></div></div><p> +Juan 8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>y conoceris la verdad, y la verdad os har +libres.</em></span>" Esto es citado por s mismo. Es sta una promesa +condicional o incondicional? Se aplicara a todo tipo de conocimiento? +Encuentra las respuestas mediante el examen de la primera mitad de la frase, +en el verso 31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>Si vosotros permaneciereis en mi palabra, seris +verdaderamente mis discpulos;</em></span>"</p><p>Vemos que esta es un promesa condicional, especficamente hablando de la +verdad de la Palabra de Dios.</p><p>La palabra griega que significa "viento" utilizada en Efesios 4:14: un +<span class="emphasis"><em>viento violento.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>para que ya no seamos nios +fluctuantes, llevados por doquiera de todo viento de doctrina...</em></span>" +Una cosa que el estudio de la Biblia hace por nosotros es aterrizarnos en la +verdad, con el resultado que no ser facil "soplarnos fuera."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Entonces respondiendo Jess, les dijo: +</em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Ustedes se equivocan [RV Erris], no conociendo las +Escrituras, ni el poder de Dios.</em></span>" Mateo 22:29</p><p>Qu 2 cosas necesitamos saber que nos mantienen en error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La palabra de Dios </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>El poder de Dios </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Obra</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Un libro que guerrea</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a537f92 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>La verdad sobre el carcter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es +transmitido por una palabra en el Testamento Griego, nombrada por los +adverbios <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> y +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>.Por lo general se traduce en la +Versin Autorizada 'una vez', lo que significa 'una vez para siempre'. Esto +se usa est hecho a ser de validez permanente y no es necesario repetir, y +se aplica en el NT tanto a la revelacin y a la redencin. Por lo tanto, +Judas se refiere a la fe que ha sido una vez dada a los santos (Judas 1:3), +y los Romanos, dice,"<span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo muri por los pecados una vez para +siempre</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, ver tambin 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> +As, podemos decir que Dios ha hablado una vez para siempre y que Cristo ha +sufrido una vez para siempre. Esto significa que la revelacin cristiana y +de la redencin cristiana ambas son igualmente completas en Cristo. Nada +puede ser aadido a cualquiera sin ser un insulto a Cristo... Estas son las +dos rocas en que se construy la Reforma Protestante -- La palabra de Dios +revelada sin agregados de tradicin humana y la obra terminada de Cristo sin +agregados de meritos humanos. Las grandes consignas de los Reformadores eran +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">slo la escrituta</em></span> para nuestra autoridad y +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">slo la gracia</em></span> para nuestra salvacin.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el +Polemico)</em></span> InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortaciones</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..390b7ad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p> stos son algunos de los programas fciles de leer la Biblia de forma +sistemtica. Usted puede hacer ms de uno al mismo tiempo si usted quiere, +por ejemplo #1 con #4 o #2 con #5. Variar el programa de un ao a otro para +mantenerlo fresco! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuevo Testamento en un ao: leer un captulo cada da, 5 das a la semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbios en un mes: leer un captulo de Proverbios cada da, que +corresponde al da del mes.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada da, por +ejemplo, el da 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a travs de los Salmos y Proverbios +de un captulo por da.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 aos: si se lee un captulo +al da de el Antiguo Testamento, saltando Salmos y Proverbios, se lee el +Antiguo Testamento en 2 aos y 2 semanas. +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a80c2f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que guerrea</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que guerrea</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que guerrea"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro que guerrea</h2></div></div></div><p> +Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pregunta</th><th>Respuesta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Cuantas con ofensivas?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>Cal una(s)? </td><td>la palabra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que libera</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Exhortaciones</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e4b772 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que Obra</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Obra</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que Obra"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro que Obra</h2></div></div></div><p> +Qu har el estudio de la Biblia por Usted? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que +la Biblia "<span class="emphasis"><em>obra tambin en vosotros que cresteis.</em></span>" Al +lado de cada escritura, escriba la labor que la Palabra realiza. +</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.2. Qu hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Qu hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referencia</th><th>Accin</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Efesios 5:26 +</td><td>limpia -- "...limpindola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Hechos 20:32 +</td><td> +edificar -- "...y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es poderosa para +sobreedificar, y daros herencia con todos los santificados." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Romanos 15:4 +</td><td> +alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolacin de las Escrituras, +tengamos esperanza." +</td></tr><tr><td> +Romanos 10:17 +</td><td> +da fe -- "As que la fe viene por el or, y el or, por la palabra de Dios." +</td></tr><tr><td> +1 Corintios 10:11 +</td><td> +instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son +escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros" +</td></tr><tr><td> +Mateo 4:4 +</td><td> +alimenta -- "Mas l respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito est: No slo de pan vivir +el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'" +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Un libro que libera</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..74f976c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es nico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>La comprensin de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los +que invocan el nombre de Dios. El estudio de la Biblia es una de las +principales maneras en que aprendemos a comunicarnos con Dios.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que es nico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro que es nico</h2></div></div></div><p>La Biblia es nica en muchos sentidos. Es nica en:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> +popularidad. La Biblia vende en Norte America mas de $500 millones (USD) por +ao. La Biblia es ambos el todos los tiempos y ao a ao el ms vendido. +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> +autora. Fue escrito en un perodo de 1.600 aos por 40 diferentes autores +de diferentes orgenes, sin embargo, parece que hubiera sido escrita por +uno. +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> +conservacin. F. F. Bruce en <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable? +(Son los documentos del Nuevo Testamento confiables?)</em></span> compara +manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos: +</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.1. Comparacin de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparacin de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Obra</th><th>Cuando fu escrita</th><th>Copia ms antigua</th><th>Tiempo transcurrido</th><th>Numero de Copias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herdoto</td><td>448-428 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>1300 aos</td><td>8 +</td></tr><tr><td>Tcito</td><td>100 DC</td><td>1100 DC</td><td>1000 aos</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerra de las Galias</em></span> de Csar</td><td>50-58 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>950 aos</td><td>10 +</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Historia Romana</em></span> de Livio</td><td>59 AC - 17 DC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>900 aos</td><td>20 +</td></tr><tr><td>Nuevo Testamento</td><td>40 DC - 100 DC</td><td>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 aos</td><td>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existen Diez copias de <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerra de las Galias</em></span> de Csar, +siendo la copia ms antigua 900 aos despus que Csar escribi el original, +etc. Para el Nuevo Testamento nosotros tenemos manuscritos completos del 350 +DC, papiros contienen la mayor parte del Nuevo Testamento desde los 200 y un +fragmento del Evangelio de Juan desde el 130 DC. Cuntos manuscritos +tenemos a comparar uno al otro? 5000 en Griego y 10000 en Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto +del Nuevo Testamento est absolutamente inalcanzable por otros antiguos +escritos en prosa". </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Crtica textual F.J.A. Hort "The New Testament in the Original Greek" (El +Nuevo Testamento en el Griego Original) vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., Citado +en <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life (Preguntas de Vida)</em></span> p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc1da8b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interptere la escritura en armona con otras escrituras. Qu dicen los +versos en cada lado? Cul es el tema del captulo? del libro? Encaja su +interpretacin con estos? Si no, es defectuosa. Usualmente, el contexto +suple lo que necesitamos para interpterar correctamente un pasaje. El +contexto es la llave. Si se mantiene la confusin sobre el significado +despus de haber interpretado el texto en su contexto, tenemos que buscar +ms all.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Ejemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>El una leccin previa consideramos Juan 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nacido de agua y del +Espritu"</em></span> En contexto, debatamos Qu es el agua aqu?</p><p>El bautismo en agua no est en debate aqu, lo que sera un gran cambio del +tema discutido por Jess y Nicodemo. Cuidado con un repentino cambio de +tema, puede ser un indicio de que su interpretacin se ha descarrilado! El +agua es el lquido amnitico, "nacido de agua" = parto natural.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Ejemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corintios 14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Vuestras mujeres callen en las iglesias</span>”</span> +tiene que tomarse en el contexto bblico de 1 Corintios 11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">toda +mujer que ora o profetiza [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Ejemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Hechos 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Pedro les dijo: "Arrepentos, y bautcese cada uno +de vosotros en el nombre de Jesucristo para perdn de los pecados; +[...]"</span>”</span>. Esta enseanza es la regeneracin bautismal? Si este +fuese el nico versculo de la Escritura que hubiese, tendramos que +concluir eso. Pero a la luz de la clara enseanza de otros lugares que la +regeneracin ocurre por la fe en Cristo, tenemos que interpretar de otro +modo. Pedro est instando al bautismo como un medio para que sus oyentes +respondan al evangelio. Si el bautismo es la va para volver a nacer, cmo +podra Pablo escribir 1 Cor.1: 17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Porque no me envi Cristo +a bautizar, sino a predicar el evangelio"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8db9511 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</h2></div></div></div><p> +Al principio no nos preguntamos <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Qu significa para m?</span>”</span>, sino +que primero preguntemos <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Qu signific para sus lectores +originales?</span>”</span>; luego puede preguntar <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Qu significa para +m?</span>”</span>. Tenemos que tener en cuenta los antecedentes histricos y +culturales del autor y los destinatarios.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Ejemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 das y 3 noches</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) ha llevado a algunos a traer una +"teora de Mircoles de crucifixin", especialmente en el culto del +Armstrongismo. Cmo pudo Jesus morir un Viernes en la tarde y resusitar +Domingo en la maana y an "resucitar al tercer da." (Mt.16:21)? El +significado exacto de "tres" o "das" no ayudan a explicar la aparente +contradiccin.</p><p>Necesitaremos sugerencias historicas: Los Judios contaban cualquier parte de +un da como un da completo, como cuentan los cubos de agua (si son 6 cubos +y medio de agua, nos dicen que fueron 7 cubos de agua, incluso si slo uno +esta parcialmente lleno). As que para la mentalidad judia, una parte del +dia es contada como un da, y los dias comienzan a las 6 p.m. y finalizan a +las 6 p.m. Viernes desde la 3 p.m. a 6 p.m. = 1er da. Viernes 6 p.m. a +Sbado 6 p.m. = 2do da. Domingo 5 o ms a.m. = 3er da. La interpretacin +en el contexto cultural nos mantiene fuera de problemas.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Ejemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Genesis 15:7-21. El contexto histrico que los animales se corten en dos y +luego caminar entre las piezas era la forma normal de entrar en un contrato +en el tiempo de Abraham. Ambos grupos caminan entre las partes, teniendo el +compromiso que el desmembramiento les ocurrira si no estaban a la altura de +su parte del contrato. Pero en este caso slo Dios pasa a travs, por lo que +es un pacto unilateral.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +idioma</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c0769f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una parbola y una alegora"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +idioma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +idioma</h2></div></div></div><p>Deja que el lenguaje literal sea literal y el lenguaje figurativo sea +figurativo. Y cuidado con las expresiones idiomticas, que tienen un +significado especial.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Ejemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ojo malvado</span>”</span> en Mt.6:23.</p><p>La norma 1, la definicin de "malvado" y "ojo" - no ayuda aqu. Norma 2, el +contexto: parece confundir an ms. No parece encajar con lo que sucede +antes y despus! Esto nos da un aviso que no estamos entendiendo esto +correctamente!!</p><p>Lo que tenemos aqu es un idioma hebreo, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ojo malvado</span>”</span>. Vamos a +buscar otros usos en este idioma: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>No es legal para mi +hacer lo que quiero con lo que poseo? O es tu ojo malo[lit. "malvado"], +porque soy bueno?</em></span>" Nos parece que tener un "ojo malvado" es un +modismo hebreo por ser tacao o envidioso. Ahora vuelva a Mt.6 y observe +cmo esta comprensin en las relaciones dan perfectamente el contexto.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Ejemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">no se ha acortado la mano de Jehov</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">y ac abajo los brazos eternos.</span>”</span></p><p> +Las referencias a partes del cuerpo de Dios son usados por los Santos de los +ltimos Das para probar que Dios fue una vez un hombre justo como +nosotros. Una vez que convencer a la gente de que van a ensear que podemos +llegar a ser Dios tal como l lo es! En una conferencia que estaba dando, un +grupo de ancianos de Mormn desafi Walter Martin (autor del +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults (Reino de los Cultos)</em></span>), con una +enumeracin de los versos como estos. El Dr. Martin pidi a los mormones a +leer una escritura ms: Salmos.91: 4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Con sus plumas te cubrir, y +debajo de sus alas estars seguro</span>”</span>. W.M. dijo: <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Por las mismas +reglas de interpretacin que usted acaba de demostrar que Dios es un hombre, +usted acaba de demostrar que l es un pjaro</span>”</span>. Los mormones tuvieron +que rer cuando se dieron cuenta de lo ridculo de su posicin. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una +parbola y una alegora</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3c9078 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una parbola y una alegora</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una +parbola y una alegora</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una parbola y una alegora"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una +parbola y una alegora</h2></div></div></div><p>Una alegora es: <span class="emphasis"><em>Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un +significado.</em></span></p><p>Cada parbola es una alegora, verdadero o falso?</p><p>Algunas parbolas son alegoras, por ejemplo, la parbola del sembrador es +una alegora: la semilla es la palabra de Dios, las espinas son las +preocupaciones y la codicia, etc, pero la mayora de las parbolas no son +alegoras, sino simplemente historias para ilustrar un punto. Es peligroso +obtener nuestra doctrina desde las parabolas; lla puede ser retorcida para +decir todo tipo de cosas. Nosotos necesitamos obtener nuestra doctrina de +desde escrituras claras dejando de lado eso; luego si una parabola ilustra +eso, bien.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Ejemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>La parbola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia +ilustra una leccin: denuedo en la oracin. Si lo dibujamos en una alegora, +qu tenemos?</p><p>Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los +derechos de las viudas, la oracin es "molesta" a l, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Ejemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>La parbola del administrador injusto en Lucas 16:1-9 Cul es el punto de +la parbola? Es una alegora? </p><p>El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su sagacidad en el uso de lo que +tena para prepararse para el momento cuando l no tiene. Pero no es +elogiado por su comportamiento poco tico al engaar a su amo. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +idioma</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea96e01 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +idioma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Ejemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Ejemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una +parbola y una alegora</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Ya hemos aprendido acerca de las "3 C": contenido, contexto, referencia +cruzada. Queremos ampliar ahora brevemente profundizando en la hermenutica +bblica, cuyo objetivo es descubrir el sentido querido por el autor original +(y el Autor!). Mientras que muchas aplicaciones de un pasaje son vlidas, +slo una interpretacin es vlida. La escritura se dice de si misma que la +Escritura no es de interpretacin privada (2 Pe.1:20 RV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">entendiendo +primero esto, que ninguna profeca de la Escritura es de interpretacin +privada</span>”</span>). Algunas normas son ayuda para descubrir el sentido +correcto, personas haciendo caso omiso de las normas han trado muchos +problemas para s mismos y a sus seguidores. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...entre las +cuales hay algunas difciles de entender, las cuales los indoctos e +inconstantes tuercen, como tambin las otras Escrituras, para su propia +perdicin.</span>”</span></p><p>Cmo hacemos para descubrir el significado correcto de un pasaje? Digamos +que su atencin ha sido puesta en un versculo en particular, cuyo +significado no es claro. Cmo estudiarlo? Tenga en cuenta estas normas:</p><div class="section" title="Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</h2></div></div></div><p>Cuanto ms precisos podamos ser con el significado original exacto de las +palabras, mejor ser nuestra interpretacin. Trate de encontrar el +significado exacto de las palabras clave, siga estos pasos:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definicin"><b>Definicin.</b>Buscar la definicin en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos, +tambin el tiempo verbal es crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referencias Cruzadas"><b>Referencias Cruzadas.</b>Compare escritura con escritura. Observe como la misma palabra en Griego o +Hebreo (No en Espaol) es usada en la escritura puede aclarar u ofrecer una +nueva luz en la definicin. Cmo usa el autor esta palabra en otros +lugares? Otros autores? Sus herramientas de referencia pueden dar uso a la +palabra en documentos no bblicos tambin. Por qu tenemos que ir a los +idiomas originales, por qu no es suficiente la palabra en +Espaol?<span class="emphasis"><em>Debido a que ms de una palabra griega que puede +traducirse a la misma palabra en Espaol, y las palabras griegas pueden +tener distintos matices de significado.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Ejemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"No me toques"</em></span> (RV) suena duro, no? Suena +como Jess no quiere ser tocado ahora que l ha resucitado, que l es +demasiado sagrado o algo as. Pero eso no me parece bien, as que vamos a +ver que es 'Spiros Zodhiates'<span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament +(El completo estudio de la palabra del Nuevo Testamento)</em></span> (AMG +Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definicin: Volviendo a Juan 20:17, sobre la palabra "Toques" vemos +"pim680". Las letras nos dan un cdigo de la parte de la oracin, y los +nmeros referencia a la Fuente de referencia del diccionario. Veamos la +definicin (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Se refiere a la +manipulacin de un objeto como para ejercer una modificacin de influencia +sobre l... Distinguido de pselaphao (5584), que en realidad slo significa +que toque la superficie de algo." Ahora busquemos "pim" . El cdigo +gramatical en Zodhiates vienen justo despus de la Revelacin; en p. 849 +vemos que pim significa "presente imperativo activo (80)". En p.857, +"Presente imperativo. En la voz activa, esto puede indicar una orden para +hacer algo en el futuro, que implica que continua o repite una accin, o, +cuando se niega una orden para dejar de hacer algo." Este es una orden +negativa, por lo que es dejar de hacer algo que ya est +ocurriendo. Entonces, qu hemos encontrado?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Ejemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>En Santiago 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por +l, ungindole con aceite en el nombre del Seor</em></span>. Qu es esta +uncin?</p><p>La definicin de aleipho (218) - "aceite" (Fuente Strong); pero tambin +tenemos otra palabra griega traducida "ungir", chrio (5548) - "para embarrar +o frotar con aceite, es decir, para consagrar un oficio o un servicio +religioso" (Fuente Strong). Puesto que es un verbo, considere el tiempo +tambin, "apta" aoristo participio activo. "El participio aoristo expresa +una accin simple, opuesta a la accin continua [Nota de traduccin: es +decir, momentanea] ... Cuando su relacin con el verbo principal es +temporal, por lo general significa una accin previa a la del verbo +principal." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Referencias cruzadas para aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mateo 6:17 Pero t, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromticas para venir a +ungirle.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungan con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los unga con el ungento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Juan 12:3 Mara [...] ungi los pies de Jess, y los enjug con sus cabellos</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Referencias Cruzadas para chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lucas 4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">El Espritu del Seor est en m, Porque me ha ungido para +predicar [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Hechos 4:27 Jess, a quien ungiste</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Hechos 10:38 Jess de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungi con Espritu Santo y con +poder</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungi, es Dios</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Entonces, cul es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atras las +referencias cruzadas y las deniniciones, resumimos la +diferencia:<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" es un uso prctico de aceite y +"chrio" es uno espiritual</em></span></p><p>Como ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se utiliza), de la utilizacin prctica +del aceite en esa epoca, cuando el buen samaritano cuida al hombre golpeado +por asaltantes verti aceite y vino en la herida. Pues el aceite tena un +uso medicinal en la poca de Jess. +</p><p>Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido de este estudio de la palabra a +Santiago 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Est alguno enfermo entre vosotros? Llame a los +ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por l, ungindole con aceite en el nombre +del Seor."</em></span> Es "uncin" espiritual o prctica? Prctica!</p><p> +Y el tiempo en griego, el participio aoristo, sera mejor traducido como +"teniendo ungido", por lo que el orden es primero la uncin, luego la +oracin, ("en el nombre del Seor" se refiere a la oracin, no a la +uncin). Santiago 5 est diciendo que los ancianos deben dar el medicamento +a la persona enferma y orar por l en el nombre del Seor. No que expresan +un hermoso balance de lo prctico y espiritual en nuestro Dios! +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/index.html b/docs/howto/es/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1583abf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Resumen El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia es una gua para el estudio de la Biblia. Es la esperanza del equipo BibleTime que este Cmo provoque a los lectores a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta gua de estudio en particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la palabra del Seor sembrada en su corazn, l no lo defraudar."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 2001-2009 El equipo de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Aviso Legal"><a name="id14837306"></a><p> + Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y est +disponible bajo los trminos de la licencia "Creative Commons +Reconocimiento-Compartir Igual".. + </p><p> + Citas bblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo +contrario. [Nota del traductor: En la mayor parte de las citas us +SpaRVG2004] + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumen"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p><p> + El <span class="application">Cmo Estudiar la Biblia</span> es una gua para el +estudio de la Biblia. + </p><p> + Es la esperanza del equipo <span class="application">BibleTime</span> que este Cmo provoque a los lectores +a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta gua de estudio en +particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina +confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para +entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la +palabra del Seor sembrada en su corazn, l no lo defraudar. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es nico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Estudio Bblico bsico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro porpsito es nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Or</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temtico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versculo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temtico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +idioma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Ejemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Ejemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una +parbola y una alegora</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de tablas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparacin de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Qu hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index c7e174d..32d4b17 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ mantê-lo atualizado! <listitem><para>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente ao dia do mês.</para></listitem> <listitem><para>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por -exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Salmos e Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo por -dia.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo -por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos e Provérbios, você lerá o -Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. +exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Salmos & Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo +por dia.</para></listitem> +<listitem><para>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos & Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um +capítulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos & Provérbios, você +lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> </sect1> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index db5040d..d071a65 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -176,9 +176,9 @@ nós podemos nos perguntar <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>. Nós devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos destinatários.</para> -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 dias e 3 noites</quote> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria -da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira à -tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 dias& 3 noites</quote> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a +"Teoria da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na +sexta-feira à tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição.</para> <para>Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 3c928ec..3bf0989 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para mant-lo atualizado! </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um captulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Provrbios em um Ms: leia um captulo de Provrbios por dia, correspondente ao dia do ms.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos em um ms: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por -exemplo, no vigsimo. dia voc ler Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos e Provrbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provrbios, um captulo por -dia.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provrbios em 2 anos: se voc ler um captulo -por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos e Provrbios, voc ler o -Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. +exemplo, no vigsimo. dia voc ler Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos & Provrbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provrbios, um captulo +por dia.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos & Provrbios em 2 anos: se voc ler um +captulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos & Provrbios, voc +ler o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Prxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Captulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 715f8d6..3861ddc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ Ns no comeamos perguntando <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O q mas <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significou para os leitores originais?</span>”</span>; depois ns podemos nos perguntar <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significa para mim?</span>”</span>. Ns devemos levar em conta o contexo histrico e cultural do autor e dos -destinatrios.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 dias e 3 noites</span>”</span> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria -da Cruxificao na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira -tarde e ressucitar domingo de manh ainda "que ao terceiro dia +destinatrios.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 dias& 3 noites</span>”</span> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a +"Teoria da Cruxificao na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na +sexta-feira tarde e ressucitar domingo de manh ainda "que ao terceiro dia ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "trs" ou "dias" no ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradio.</p><p>Ns precisamo de um detalhe histrico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de um dia como um dia completo, assim como ns contamos baldes d'gua (se |
